Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

13
·r- ! i I m J j': I! I i <1;', j " THE ADYARLIBRARYBULLETIN I GOLDEN JUBILEE VOLUME W' ADYAR li1äFlARY CENTENARY ADYA;R LI8;RAllY",";ND CENT;RE, THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY ADY AR, MtWRAS 600 020, INDIA'

Transcript of Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

Page 1: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

middotr shy~-

i Im )~

Jj~I

~ I

I ~

i

lt1

j~ ~ ~~

~

THE ADYARLIBRARYBULLETIN I

GOLDEN JUBILEE VOLUME

bullW ADYAR li1aumlFlARY

CENTENARY

ADYAR LI8RAllYND R~S~ARQH CENTRE THE THEOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

ADY AR MtWRAS 600 020 INDIA

H W BODEWITZ

PRA~A APANA AND Ol1lER P~AS IN VEDIC UTERATURE

THE interpretation ofpraumltta and apaumlna has formed a matter or debatesince the beginning of this century Sometimes the problems seemed to have been solved but themiddot discussion continued moreover the issues were changing all the time

In 1971 Gonda drew the conc1usion There has been a prolonged discussionof the terms prauml(la- and aplina- which were along ago shown to mean expirashydon andinspiration the ancient Indians hadpecushyliarconceptions of the process and function ofbreathing and so these translations are not complete theapoumlnashybeing also thought to promote digestion (OU Indion Handbuch dei OrientalistiK 1 Leiden-Cologne 1971 p 1szlig2) He referred in Cnote ia to Calandspapers on this subject published inZDMO 55 (pp261-265and 56 (pp 556-558) ie in 1901-19021

Indeed I think that Caland has demonst1$tt~d

that praumltta means efhaJation when oppuumlsed toapaumlna in the well-known couple at least in most Vedic text Howeverapaumlnamay alsodenote tbe abdominalmiddotmiddotair

PRAuml~A APANA AND OTIIER PRAuml~A-S 327

producing wind $d excretion There is still unshycertaiIltyabout the required interpretation in Ve4ic

literature and abqut the meaning of the otherpraumltta-s Moreover the old interpretation of praumltta and apaumlna found in the Petrograd Dictionary of Boumlhtlingk and Roth (1852-1875) inspite ofcorrections in its concise version (1879-1889) and clear statementsafterwards made byszligoumlhtlingk still continues to be reproduced in

aImqst-aU iater diction~ries)2middot Therefore amiddot new treatshy

ment ~ybe us~fu1 I do not presf5nt ~ntirely new inttrpretat~onsput

wanttostate the pr~blem a~ dearas possible since the-vi~ws put forward wel~sQIPetimesone-sided and questionsraist(iQy s)~sc)J61a~liWere notmiddot answeredmiddot by

others middotT~~~rigjualdiseu$sionalmpst excIls~veIy focussed

on thecouple ofupp~te breaths in the respiratory system and wasespecially based on Vedic ritualisti~ texts ThejnterptetatioumlD ot- J~e PetrogradDictionary (pratza=inbreathing ajiaumlna=out-breathmg) was not followed by the Dutch scholaF Speyer3 It was ihis cPJ1lpatriot Caland wbo 1irst gaye argll~I~ts for the oppositejnterpretation in ~1JMG 5155 and56 1t is true that the concise version ofthementiQnedJlictionary corrected theoriginal renderingbut a(terwards Boumlhtshylingk dec1ared this c~rrectiQn to lgteaItlistake4 CaIands second paper (in ZDMG 55convinced Boumlhtlipgkgt who stated in the same issue oft~aumltjoutnal (p 518) Hofshyfentlich ist die Sache nun einMir alle Mal abget)Jan

In 1901the American scholar A HEwingwho

329 328 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

had not read Calands papers in ZDMG 5land 55~ published a long articlcentitled TheHindu Conception of the Functions of Breath~A Study in Early Hind Psychophysicsin JAOS 21 (pp 249-308inwhich tried to provethat aplinaeitherineansexhalation orth~ breath which iSln the hinder partoIlowerpait ofthe body (p 286) ThcpraumltzawereinhalaHdn arid exhalashytion or (in thc coup]e pra~aapatia) inhalatioumlri Calands reaction (in ZDMG56) seemedto haveremovedthe doubts of almost all scholars as to the directionoumlfPfaumltza (outwards) landapaumlna (inwards)in the respiratory system but in fact Ewing was primatily inteested in the role of fIle airs inside thebOdy amcmgwhiehp1aumltza were the air above the navel (the inand exha1ation) and apaumlna the air below the navel He replaced the opposhysltionin andout byupwards (above) arid downwards

(below) in agreement with somelhdian sOurces Since pra aI1d apadltYnotexpress upwards arid downwards an explanatiotfwas required for this interpretatioh of praumltzaand apaumlna

Ewing started from the animals which donot walk erect6 and connected the opposition foreside-backside witIl the bird-altar in theiAumlgnicayana as describedin the 8atapathaBrlihmatza Its five parts (head tail two wings and middle ofthe body)areassociated with fi~e jJrauml(las in a classiflcation based on the regions of spaceNow the head bf ihiS bird-altaris direcled to theeast and accoidil1g to Ewing thepraumltzacontaining the preposition pra could not but be place in theforepart Its opposite number apaumlna -should beconnected with fbe backsid~

PRAumlrA APAumlNN ANUOlfIER PRAumlIlA-S

(andtheWest)and apa in rlpaumlnanowshouhicometo meanback(wards) instead of outwardsor offThis changeof meaningof apaumltza(which forthat matter canbe more easilyexplained ort the basisofCalands translationofthis term) shouldhavetakenpl~ce toshygether with thereplacement of apaumlntJ ltEwing~ exha

lation)byltudaumlna (Ewing exhalation) in the mentloned Braumlhmala

Ewirigsexplanation of theshifrofmeanilJgorapaumlna did notconVince everybodysillcethedevelopmelitofthe

AumlyutvooicClassificationof theairs in- the body out of Vedic ritualistlc esoterism in tlieSatapatha Braumlhmatta is rather hypothetical MoreovertheBraumlhmalpassage presupposesan existingclassifitatioumlnoftheaitsand thereshyfore cannotserveas~the stlittting-poirttfot an expla natiollOlder textS otner thim the nientioned Braumlhmala aheady show traces of apaumlnaused outside the respirashytory system Il1Ewing~sview samaumlnalYana andudana were secondary(as shouldappear from the ptesence6f the auml after samvi and ud on the anaumllogy ofpraumltzaanttll apaumlna)8and thefivefold series ofpraumltzas should not have an empiricbasisandtherefore be without vaJue Wllere the fullseriesoccurs it isalways symbolicalandnothing more than ttansliteratlonshouldbe atternpted (p 304) For scholars studyingthe AumlyurVedauml~mdits origin this point6f view is difficulttoaccept7

In JAOS 39 (1919) pp104ft Ewings compashytriot GW Browneven wtmtsofar as to den) that the couple praumltza-apaumlnq shouldever have referred to the respiratory system Heiriterpreted praumltza as the breatIl

330 TliEAPYAR LIBRAltV bull BDLLETlN

in thelungsand middotapaumlnaasthemiddotairhi thehowels or the lower part of the body in aU contexts The twouml terms werenotprimarilyaction-nounsbut should denote the air located in differentpans ofthebodY Thefunction of priirza sitttated aboumlvethe navel were ih~ and ex~halation and thatof apaumln4 situa~eclhe1ow then~vel excretion It is not quite clearwhatthe verbsprauml~ and apan should IIean then in several Vedic texts More over in passageslike BAumlU 1 5 3 apaumlnenamiddothiganfikaTfl Jighratithe apiinacan onlydenotethesense functionmiddot Juuml Vedic textswhere prii(lo and apaumlna are equat~dmiddot witli other alternatiug entitiesD in-and -exhalatjQn isJh~ oIlly ac~~ptable translati()n

Calandsinterpretation wasr~ghtlYd(f~ndedbyth-e ll~JgiiID Sch9lar UumlmdadroirorofCaland)PE1)umQl1t (~enlivjng inUSA) in JAOS7 (1957)pp 46-4700 thr~sisof (heiilt~p~~tll~of apassamp~ JroUllthe Xlt1rfya ~li(ikmatla middotehe ~merica(ljSdlOlar _EdgertQQ

~ ( ~ de(el1dmg themiddot~felidtousliszligf 0( tbaught oLBloomshyfelds pllpilBrownattaeked Pumszlign~in thenext j~~lI~ (J)flAOS(1Jf5~)middotp5154 Onegfhisargrimellts wasthatmiddotexc~lIent sCholars caul dnot come t0agreemen t on th~jJ1brelthingand -Ototbreathingroles ofprntla~and apfina andthateonseqa~ntly theoppositilt)ll thQradcshyabdominal proposedmiddotby nrOWJl were much more usefuh Dumont wrote arejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 54-56) in which-heiamiddotjb~erved that acceptance middotofCalands views py Boumlhtlingk andotherscho-larsapparentlyhad escapedEdgertEm Jncle(d kriow1ed~e of the relevant literatur-e was missipg with Ewrrig Brownas weH as

PRAumlfA APAumlN~AND OTHER PR~A-S 331

EdgertopThe la~te~ dosed Ithe discussion witha sur-rejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 56-57) in hiehhe majIl- tained his interpretation

As mentionelti abgve Calaumlhdssuccessor Gouda concltlded in 1971 th~tt Calandsvie~ hadhe~n accepted by almost all scholars adding ina note aboutDu~onts contributions dispelling doubts of other scholars- At least Edgerton maintained his opinion ti1tmiddothis death as appears from The Beginnings ofIndiatJ Philosophy London 1965 p lQ4 n 1~ In his The Classical Doctrine ofmiddot In4i-an Medtine~ Delhi 1964 (= La doctrinemiddot classiqu~ de Za medecineindiennemiddot Paris 1919) Jean Filliozat acceptedthcrespiratory functions ~fpraumlpa and apaumlnain ye9i~li~-ertu~e ~ndthe ~ranslation()f theseterms middotptopos~dbYGalandbuthe also emphasized the- regular occurrenceol tlpaumlna as

abdominal air inVedic texts since theAtharvaifcdaSamshy _ -

hitauml Rej~cting some of Ewing~s- y~eVs ~ith ~laquog~rdo the fivefold s~rre~Qf Plauml~a-s~nd thet~sit~on ef the r~spiratory fUl)lctions to thee~retiveand oth~r fqnptions 0fthe airs in the body he tried to )md s~artipg-MiIlts (orthe Ayqrvedic clil$szligmeation middotof~ejJrauml1Ja~ jnYedic ~ts (observ~~ W4(~9~ly tw~ofmiddott-bem are ~llmed theYCcQrtf)p2p4~ither tci~Spira~ion~n4expirashylt)Jlor t~ th~lJreaill-of theanti~i~-iupedor partofthe ~X~dto 14at ofthe posterioinferiorpart When tllFszligefour Qr fivebreath~ ( ) are named t4eycorshyJ1espond tospecialized diverse animal spiritswhose (qnctions have beenspecifiedhyc1asicalmedicine (p 187) I am u~der theiIl1Pl~slohthatFi11ioz~t was

332 1HE ADVAkLl9RARV9l1iLETJt( PRAumlJTAuml APAumlNA AND QlHER 1RMJA-S 333

inclined tosee more Aumlyurvedic prUumlla~S middotin Vedic Hter~

of

explicitly statesbahirhipraumlpaltt(7 6 14)gt Thereason ature than some Vediststlse tode whysome scholarshaye rejectedthis translation (apart

In my view the presentsituafionis asfolloumlws fromprfJconceiveltl idea~about the couumlplepraumlpQ-4Jiana MostschoIats aeeeptprllpa andrapanaas aicouple of aS notbelongiogtotlierespiratotysystem ataumlll and

-

breathsltnd Oalandstranslation Ttis unc1earhow misil1te$etationsofjn~id~ntalpa~ages) as middotmiddottwofQld far theother pl-aumltta-sare cOilnededwith breathingirtthe Ohthe one hat)dtney ~tguedthaia1an4ion~lteountofthe Vedic texts The cont~xts and tllenumberofpraumlai-J Ineanil1g ofOP9 shmlld~~vebetter claill1sithaJil praumltzat0 occurring tog~therate (lecisivemiddotmiddot Scholarsilke Filliozat hemiddot funcuonof ehalaltnQn the~theIhanqth~iclea art irlclinecl to see everywh~re outside thec6Uple priitta~ was bull pllt fonvard~hat pr4t1abemiddoting the mQStvitt air apdnarepresentatives of the Aumlyurvedic seriefof alrsm (evenregard edas tllerlifes()ul) covJd lot be exha)atiol the body HoweverTthirik thaumltnofonlypraumlttaand bull AstQ tllefirst objec~iolmiddotlw~x1ttopbserve that il+deel1 apanamiddotgot corriplete1ydifferent middotrneanings bil1lthatthe p(aancLapdbothcanttleanawary ~ bllt~thM ipeVidento]ikmiddot other praumlpa-smiddot mayas wellhavemiddotmiddot developedout posiioQs praandapa maydf0o1iefqtward~dbli~~td respiratory funetions at least mayhavehadmeanings whieh agrees withtheact~ltNtQ~eSliQfbreathipg~l which changed incdurse oftimemiddot Thetermsremalfied MoreoumlvetprqcaJlJlojmiddotetf~slith~t theactiQll ofthe verb thesame the meanings ehanged10 takesplaCetewards orinsidethe own sphere of the

Thi5meansthat theriteaningsoumlf the sevetalp1ii~d~s subject On the contrary itexpressesremoval outof shottldbe established witliinseparatesystehls therespi the own sphete~s~ppears fromtheverb pra-dauml So ratory and theAumlynrvedic systeiii (~ndits Vedic roots) praumlpoeithermeans outbreathingbreathingway or Here anexact amHysisoumlf the prepositioriSinthepraumlrta f(gtrwardbreathing (in opposition to apaumlnfl) compouridsis required The argumentation that themQstvital function

In therespiratory system pra iri prOrtawhehthis is inhalationandthailiconsequently theInost italp9wer term is opposed to apana den6ies thatthre breathingis praumlttasQuld be inhalation rampther than eJdJalation dOeS outward away forward This fl1riCtion~Wpra isfoumlund notcdnvince ~The most vital functiol1is in and with several rootsalld suitstheoutbreathingaCtivity exhalation~sa euroollective term praumltza maydenote this Monier-Williams s EnglishSanskrzt Dictionary(1851) ia twofold proeess middotWhen tqedoubleprocess of breathing mentions pra-svas pra~vauml and pra-fnucasSanskritequi inand out is dividedinto prauml(iaandapana from a lexieal valents ofthe verbto exhale middotSothereareuof6rrnal pohltof view prauml(laeontlJ1uesrtne vital power but this objection to the interpretation of prauml(ia as tlie ouumltWard does not implythat theteforedtshould have murevital breath A tather oirl Biaumlhmala like the PanIJQvitpjauml aspectsi andnecessarily be inhalation ratherithan

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 2: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

H W BODEWITZ

PRA~A APANA AND Ol1lER P~AS IN VEDIC UTERATURE

THE interpretation ofpraumltta and apaumlna has formed a matter or debatesince the beginning of this century Sometimes the problems seemed to have been solved but themiddot discussion continued moreover the issues were changing all the time

In 1971 Gonda drew the conc1usion There has been a prolonged discussionof the terms prauml(la- and aplina- which were along ago shown to mean expirashydon andinspiration the ancient Indians hadpecushyliarconceptions of the process and function ofbreathing and so these translations are not complete theapoumlnashybeing also thought to promote digestion (OU Indion Handbuch dei OrientalistiK 1 Leiden-Cologne 1971 p 1szlig2) He referred in Cnote ia to Calandspapers on this subject published inZDMO 55 (pp261-265and 56 (pp 556-558) ie in 1901-19021

Indeed I think that Caland has demonst1$tt~d

that praumltta means efhaJation when oppuumlsed toapaumlna in the well-known couple at least in most Vedic text Howeverapaumlnamay alsodenote tbe abdominalmiddotmiddotair

PRAuml~A APANA AND OTIIER PRAuml~A-S 327

producing wind $d excretion There is still unshycertaiIltyabout the required interpretation in Ve4ic

literature and abqut the meaning of the otherpraumltta-s Moreover the old interpretation of praumltta and apaumlna found in the Petrograd Dictionary of Boumlhtlingk and Roth (1852-1875) inspite ofcorrections in its concise version (1879-1889) and clear statementsafterwards made byszligoumlhtlingk still continues to be reproduced in

aImqst-aU iater diction~ries)2middot Therefore amiddot new treatshy

ment ~ybe us~fu1 I do not presf5nt ~ntirely new inttrpretat~onsput

wanttostate the pr~blem a~ dearas possible since the-vi~ws put forward wel~sQIPetimesone-sided and questionsraist(iQy s)~sc)J61a~liWere notmiddot answeredmiddot by

others middotT~~~rigjualdiseu$sionalmpst excIls~veIy focussed

on thecouple ofupp~te breaths in the respiratory system and wasespecially based on Vedic ritualisti~ texts ThejnterptetatioumlD ot- J~e PetrogradDictionary (pratza=inbreathing ajiaumlna=out-breathmg) was not followed by the Dutch scholaF Speyer3 It was ihis cPJ1lpatriot Caland wbo 1irst gaye argll~I~ts for the oppositejnterpretation in ~1JMG 5155 and56 1t is true that the concise version ofthementiQnedJlictionary corrected theoriginal renderingbut a(terwards Boumlhtshylingk dec1ared this c~rrectiQn to lgteaItlistake4 CaIands second paper (in ZDMG 55convinced Boumlhtlipgkgt who stated in the same issue oft~aumltjoutnal (p 518) Hofshyfentlich ist die Sache nun einMir alle Mal abget)Jan

In 1901the American scholar A HEwingwho

329 328 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

had not read Calands papers in ZDMG 5land 55~ published a long articlcentitled TheHindu Conception of the Functions of Breath~A Study in Early Hind Psychophysicsin JAOS 21 (pp 249-308inwhich tried to provethat aplinaeitherineansexhalation orth~ breath which iSln the hinder partoIlowerpait ofthe body (p 286) ThcpraumltzawereinhalaHdn arid exhalashytion or (in thc coup]e pra~aapatia) inhalatioumlri Calands reaction (in ZDMG56) seemedto haveremovedthe doubts of almost all scholars as to the directionoumlfPfaumltza (outwards) landapaumlna (inwards)in the respiratory system but in fact Ewing was primatily inteested in the role of fIle airs inside thebOdy amcmgwhiehp1aumltza were the air above the navel (the inand exha1ation) and apaumlna the air below the navel He replaced the opposhysltionin andout byupwards (above) arid downwards

(below) in agreement with somelhdian sOurces Since pra aI1d apadltYnotexpress upwards arid downwards an explanatiotfwas required for this interpretatioh of praumltzaand apaumlna

Ewing started from the animals which donot walk erect6 and connected the opposition foreside-backside witIl the bird-altar in theiAumlgnicayana as describedin the 8atapathaBrlihmatza Its five parts (head tail two wings and middle ofthe body)areassociated with fi~e jJrauml(las in a classiflcation based on the regions of spaceNow the head bf ihiS bird-altaris direcled to theeast and accoidil1g to Ewing thepraumltzacontaining the preposition pra could not but be place in theforepart Its opposite number apaumlna -should beconnected with fbe backsid~

PRAumlrA APAumlNN ANUOlfIER PRAumlIlA-S

(andtheWest)and apa in rlpaumlnanowshouhicometo meanback(wards) instead of outwardsor offThis changeof meaningof apaumltza(which forthat matter canbe more easilyexplained ort the basisofCalands translationofthis term) shouldhavetakenpl~ce toshygether with thereplacement of apaumlntJ ltEwing~ exha

lation)byltudaumlna (Ewing exhalation) in the mentloned Braumlhmala

Ewirigsexplanation of theshifrofmeanilJgorapaumlna did notconVince everybodysillcethedevelopmelitofthe

AumlyutvooicClassificationof theairs in- the body out of Vedic ritualistlc esoterism in tlieSatapatha Braumlhmatta is rather hypothetical MoreovertheBraumlhmalpassage presupposesan existingclassifitatioumlnoftheaitsand thereshyfore cannotserveas~the stlittting-poirttfot an expla natiollOlder textS otner thim the nientioned Braumlhmala aheady show traces of apaumlnaused outside the respirashytory system Il1Ewing~sview samaumlnalYana andudana were secondary(as shouldappear from the ptesence6f the auml after samvi and ud on the anaumllogy ofpraumltzaanttll apaumlna)8and thefivefold series ofpraumltzas should not have an empiricbasisandtherefore be without vaJue Wllere the fullseriesoccurs it isalways symbolicalandnothing more than ttansliteratlonshouldbe atternpted (p 304) For scholars studyingthe AumlyurVedauml~mdits origin this point6f view is difficulttoaccept7

In JAOS 39 (1919) pp104ft Ewings compashytriot GW Browneven wtmtsofar as to den) that the couple praumltza-apaumlnq shouldever have referred to the respiratory system Heiriterpreted praumltza as the breatIl

330 TliEAPYAR LIBRAltV bull BDLLETlN

in thelungsand middotapaumlnaasthemiddotairhi thehowels or the lower part of the body in aU contexts The twouml terms werenotprimarilyaction-nounsbut should denote the air located in differentpans ofthebodY Thefunction of priirza sitttated aboumlvethe navel were ih~ and ex~halation and thatof apaumln4 situa~eclhe1ow then~vel excretion It is not quite clearwhatthe verbsprauml~ and apan should IIean then in several Vedic texts More over in passageslike BAumlU 1 5 3 apaumlnenamiddothiganfikaTfl Jighratithe apiinacan onlydenotethesense functionmiddot Juuml Vedic textswhere prii(lo and apaumlna are equat~dmiddot witli other alternatiug entitiesD in-and -exhalatjQn isJh~ oIlly ac~~ptable translati()n

Calandsinterpretation wasr~ghtlYd(f~ndedbyth-e ll~JgiiID Sch9lar UumlmdadroirorofCaland)PE1)umQl1t (~enlivjng inUSA) in JAOS7 (1957)pp 46-4700 thr~sisof (heiilt~p~~tll~of apassamp~ JroUllthe Xlt1rfya ~li(ikmatla middotehe ~merica(ljSdlOlar _EdgertQQ

~ ( ~ de(el1dmg themiddot~felidtousliszligf 0( tbaught oLBloomshyfelds pllpilBrownattaeked Pumszlign~in thenext j~~lI~ (J)flAOS(1Jf5~)middotp5154 Onegfhisargrimellts wasthatmiddotexc~lIent sCholars caul dnot come t0agreemen t on th~jJ1brelthingand -Ototbreathingroles ofprntla~and apfina andthateonseqa~ntly theoppositilt)ll thQradcshyabdominal proposedmiddotby nrOWJl were much more usefuh Dumont wrote arejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 54-56) in which-heiamiddotjb~erved that acceptance middotofCalands views py Boumlhtlingk andotherscho-larsapparentlyhad escapedEdgertEm Jncle(d kriow1ed~e of the relevant literatur-e was missipg with Ewrrig Brownas weH as

PRAumlfA APAumlN~AND OTHER PR~A-S 331

EdgertopThe la~te~ dosed Ithe discussion witha sur-rejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 56-57) in hiehhe majIl- tained his interpretation

As mentionelti abgve Calaumlhdssuccessor Gouda concltlded in 1971 th~tt Calandsvie~ hadhe~n accepted by almost all scholars adding ina note aboutDu~onts contributions dispelling doubts of other scholars- At least Edgerton maintained his opinion ti1tmiddothis death as appears from The Beginnings ofIndiatJ Philosophy London 1965 p lQ4 n 1~ In his The Classical Doctrine ofmiddot In4i-an Medtine~ Delhi 1964 (= La doctrinemiddot classiqu~ de Za medecineindiennemiddot Paris 1919) Jean Filliozat acceptedthcrespiratory functions ~fpraumlpa and apaumlnain ye9i~li~-ertu~e ~ndthe ~ranslation()f theseterms middotptopos~dbYGalandbuthe also emphasized the- regular occurrenceol tlpaumlna as

abdominal air inVedic texts since theAtharvaifcdaSamshy _ -

hitauml Rej~cting some of Ewing~s- y~eVs ~ith ~laquog~rdo the fivefold s~rre~Qf Plauml~a-s~nd thet~sit~on ef the r~spiratory fUl)lctions to thee~retiveand oth~r fqnptions 0fthe airs in the body he tried to )md s~artipg-MiIlts (orthe Ayqrvedic clil$szligmeation middotof~ejJrauml1Ja~ jnYedic ~ts (observ~~ W4(~9~ly tw~ofmiddott-bem are ~llmed theYCcQrtf)p2p4~ither tci~Spira~ion~n4expirashylt)Jlor t~ th~lJreaill-of theanti~i~-iupedor partofthe ~X~dto 14at ofthe posterioinferiorpart When tllFszligefour Qr fivebreath~ ( ) are named t4eycorshyJ1espond tospecialized diverse animal spiritswhose (qnctions have beenspecifiedhyc1asicalmedicine (p 187) I am u~der theiIl1Pl~slohthatFi11ioz~t was

332 1HE ADVAkLl9RARV9l1iLETJt( PRAumlJTAuml APAumlNA AND QlHER 1RMJA-S 333

inclined tosee more Aumlyurvedic prUumlla~S middotin Vedic Hter~

of

explicitly statesbahirhipraumlpaltt(7 6 14)gt Thereason ature than some Vediststlse tode whysome scholarshaye rejectedthis translation (apart

In my view the presentsituafionis asfolloumlws fromprfJconceiveltl idea~about the couumlplepraumlpQ-4Jiana MostschoIats aeeeptprllpa andrapanaas aicouple of aS notbelongiogtotlierespiratotysystem ataumlll and

-

breathsltnd Oalandstranslation Ttis unc1earhow misil1te$etationsofjn~id~ntalpa~ages) as middotmiddottwofQld far theother pl-aumltta-sare cOilnededwith breathingirtthe Ohthe one hat)dtney ~tguedthaia1an4ion~lteountofthe Vedic texts The cont~xts and tllenumberofpraumlai-J Ineanil1g ofOP9 shmlld~~vebetter claill1sithaJil praumltzat0 occurring tog~therate (lecisivemiddotmiddot Scholarsilke Filliozat hemiddot funcuonof ehalaltnQn the~theIhanqth~iclea art irlclinecl to see everywh~re outside thec6Uple priitta~ was bull pllt fonvard~hat pr4t1abemiddoting the mQStvitt air apdnarepresentatives of the Aumlyurvedic seriefof alrsm (evenregard edas tllerlifes()ul) covJd lot be exha)atiol the body HoweverTthirik thaumltnofonlypraumlttaand bull AstQ tllefirst objec~iolmiddotlw~x1ttopbserve that il+deel1 apanamiddotgot corriplete1ydifferent middotrneanings bil1lthatthe p(aancLapdbothcanttleanawary ~ bllt~thM ipeVidento]ikmiddot other praumlpa-smiddot mayas wellhavemiddotmiddot developedout posiioQs praandapa maydf0o1iefqtward~dbli~~td respiratory funetions at least mayhavehadmeanings whieh agrees withtheact~ltNtQ~eSliQfbreathipg~l which changed incdurse oftimemiddot Thetermsremalfied MoreoumlvetprqcaJlJlojmiddotetf~slith~t theactiQll ofthe verb thesame the meanings ehanged10 takesplaCetewards orinsidethe own sphere of the

Thi5meansthat theriteaningsoumlf the sevetalp1ii~d~s subject On the contrary itexpressesremoval outof shottldbe established witliinseparatesystehls therespi the own sphete~s~ppears fromtheverb pra-dauml So ratory and theAumlynrvedic systeiii (~ndits Vedic roots) praumlpoeithermeans outbreathingbreathingway or Here anexact amHysisoumlf the prepositioriSinthepraumlrta f(gtrwardbreathing (in opposition to apaumlnfl) compouridsis required The argumentation that themQstvital function

In therespiratory system pra iri prOrtawhehthis is inhalationandthailiconsequently theInost italp9wer term is opposed to apana den6ies thatthre breathingis praumlttasQuld be inhalation rampther than eJdJalation dOeS outward away forward This fl1riCtion~Wpra isfoumlund notcdnvince ~The most vital functiol1is in and with several rootsalld suitstheoutbreathingaCtivity exhalation~sa euroollective term praumltza maydenote this Monier-Williams s EnglishSanskrzt Dictionary(1851) ia twofold proeess middotWhen tqedoubleprocess of breathing mentions pra-svas pra~vauml and pra-fnucasSanskritequi inand out is dividedinto prauml(iaandapana from a lexieal valents ofthe verbto exhale middotSothereareuof6rrnal pohltof view prauml(laeontlJ1uesrtne vital power but this objection to the interpretation of prauml(ia as tlie ouumltWard does not implythat theteforedtshould have murevital breath A tather oirl Biaumlhmala like the PanIJQvitpjauml aspectsi andnecessarily be inhalation ratherithan

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 3: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

329 328 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

had not read Calands papers in ZDMG 5land 55~ published a long articlcentitled TheHindu Conception of the Functions of Breath~A Study in Early Hind Psychophysicsin JAOS 21 (pp 249-308inwhich tried to provethat aplinaeitherineansexhalation orth~ breath which iSln the hinder partoIlowerpait ofthe body (p 286) ThcpraumltzawereinhalaHdn arid exhalashytion or (in thc coup]e pra~aapatia) inhalatioumlri Calands reaction (in ZDMG56) seemedto haveremovedthe doubts of almost all scholars as to the directionoumlfPfaumltza (outwards) landapaumlna (inwards)in the respiratory system but in fact Ewing was primatily inteested in the role of fIle airs inside thebOdy amcmgwhiehp1aumltza were the air above the navel (the inand exha1ation) and apaumlna the air below the navel He replaced the opposhysltionin andout byupwards (above) arid downwards

(below) in agreement with somelhdian sOurces Since pra aI1d apadltYnotexpress upwards arid downwards an explanatiotfwas required for this interpretatioh of praumltzaand apaumlna

Ewing started from the animals which donot walk erect6 and connected the opposition foreside-backside witIl the bird-altar in theiAumlgnicayana as describedin the 8atapathaBrlihmatza Its five parts (head tail two wings and middle ofthe body)areassociated with fi~e jJrauml(las in a classiflcation based on the regions of spaceNow the head bf ihiS bird-altaris direcled to theeast and accoidil1g to Ewing thepraumltzacontaining the preposition pra could not but be place in theforepart Its opposite number apaumlna -should beconnected with fbe backsid~

PRAumlrA APAumlNN ANUOlfIER PRAumlIlA-S

(andtheWest)and apa in rlpaumlnanowshouhicometo meanback(wards) instead of outwardsor offThis changeof meaningof apaumltza(which forthat matter canbe more easilyexplained ort the basisofCalands translationofthis term) shouldhavetakenpl~ce toshygether with thereplacement of apaumlntJ ltEwing~ exha

lation)byltudaumlna (Ewing exhalation) in the mentloned Braumlhmala

Ewirigsexplanation of theshifrofmeanilJgorapaumlna did notconVince everybodysillcethedevelopmelitofthe

AumlyutvooicClassificationof theairs in- the body out of Vedic ritualistlc esoterism in tlieSatapatha Braumlhmatta is rather hypothetical MoreovertheBraumlhmalpassage presupposesan existingclassifitatioumlnoftheaitsand thereshyfore cannotserveas~the stlittting-poirttfot an expla natiollOlder textS otner thim the nientioned Braumlhmala aheady show traces of apaumlnaused outside the respirashytory system Il1Ewing~sview samaumlnalYana andudana were secondary(as shouldappear from the ptesence6f the auml after samvi and ud on the anaumllogy ofpraumltzaanttll apaumlna)8and thefivefold series ofpraumltzas should not have an empiricbasisandtherefore be without vaJue Wllere the fullseriesoccurs it isalways symbolicalandnothing more than ttansliteratlonshouldbe atternpted (p 304) For scholars studyingthe AumlyurVedauml~mdits origin this point6f view is difficulttoaccept7

In JAOS 39 (1919) pp104ft Ewings compashytriot GW Browneven wtmtsofar as to den) that the couple praumltza-apaumlnq shouldever have referred to the respiratory system Heiriterpreted praumltza as the breatIl

330 TliEAPYAR LIBRAltV bull BDLLETlN

in thelungsand middotapaumlnaasthemiddotairhi thehowels or the lower part of the body in aU contexts The twouml terms werenotprimarilyaction-nounsbut should denote the air located in differentpans ofthebodY Thefunction of priirza sitttated aboumlvethe navel were ih~ and ex~halation and thatof apaumln4 situa~eclhe1ow then~vel excretion It is not quite clearwhatthe verbsprauml~ and apan should IIean then in several Vedic texts More over in passageslike BAumlU 1 5 3 apaumlnenamiddothiganfikaTfl Jighratithe apiinacan onlydenotethesense functionmiddot Juuml Vedic textswhere prii(lo and apaumlna are equat~dmiddot witli other alternatiug entitiesD in-and -exhalatjQn isJh~ oIlly ac~~ptable translati()n

Calandsinterpretation wasr~ghtlYd(f~ndedbyth-e ll~JgiiID Sch9lar UumlmdadroirorofCaland)PE1)umQl1t (~enlivjng inUSA) in JAOS7 (1957)pp 46-4700 thr~sisof (heiilt~p~~tll~of apassamp~ JroUllthe Xlt1rfya ~li(ikmatla middotehe ~merica(ljSdlOlar _EdgertQQ

~ ( ~ de(el1dmg themiddot~felidtousliszligf 0( tbaught oLBloomshyfelds pllpilBrownattaeked Pumszlign~in thenext j~~lI~ (J)flAOS(1Jf5~)middotp5154 Onegfhisargrimellts wasthatmiddotexc~lIent sCholars caul dnot come t0agreemen t on th~jJ1brelthingand -Ototbreathingroles ofprntla~and apfina andthateonseqa~ntly theoppositilt)ll thQradcshyabdominal proposedmiddotby nrOWJl were much more usefuh Dumont wrote arejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 54-56) in which-heiamiddotjb~erved that acceptance middotofCalands views py Boumlhtlingk andotherscho-larsapparentlyhad escapedEdgertEm Jncle(d kriow1ed~e of the relevant literatur-e was missipg with Ewrrig Brownas weH as

PRAumlfA APAumlN~AND OTHER PR~A-S 331

EdgertopThe la~te~ dosed Ithe discussion witha sur-rejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 56-57) in hiehhe majIl- tained his interpretation

As mentionelti abgve Calaumlhdssuccessor Gouda concltlded in 1971 th~tt Calandsvie~ hadhe~n accepted by almost all scholars adding ina note aboutDu~onts contributions dispelling doubts of other scholars- At least Edgerton maintained his opinion ti1tmiddothis death as appears from The Beginnings ofIndiatJ Philosophy London 1965 p lQ4 n 1~ In his The Classical Doctrine ofmiddot In4i-an Medtine~ Delhi 1964 (= La doctrinemiddot classiqu~ de Za medecineindiennemiddot Paris 1919) Jean Filliozat acceptedthcrespiratory functions ~fpraumlpa and apaumlnain ye9i~li~-ertu~e ~ndthe ~ranslation()f theseterms middotptopos~dbYGalandbuthe also emphasized the- regular occurrenceol tlpaumlna as

abdominal air inVedic texts since theAtharvaifcdaSamshy _ -

hitauml Rej~cting some of Ewing~s- y~eVs ~ith ~laquog~rdo the fivefold s~rre~Qf Plauml~a-s~nd thet~sit~on ef the r~spiratory fUl)lctions to thee~retiveand oth~r fqnptions 0fthe airs in the body he tried to )md s~artipg-MiIlts (orthe Ayqrvedic clil$szligmeation middotof~ejJrauml1Ja~ jnYedic ~ts (observ~~ W4(~9~ly tw~ofmiddott-bem are ~llmed theYCcQrtf)p2p4~ither tci~Spira~ion~n4expirashylt)Jlor t~ th~lJreaill-of theanti~i~-iupedor partofthe ~X~dto 14at ofthe posterioinferiorpart When tllFszligefour Qr fivebreath~ ( ) are named t4eycorshyJ1espond tospecialized diverse animal spiritswhose (qnctions have beenspecifiedhyc1asicalmedicine (p 187) I am u~der theiIl1Pl~slohthatFi11ioz~t was

332 1HE ADVAkLl9RARV9l1iLETJt( PRAumlJTAuml APAumlNA AND QlHER 1RMJA-S 333

inclined tosee more Aumlyurvedic prUumlla~S middotin Vedic Hter~

of

explicitly statesbahirhipraumlpaltt(7 6 14)gt Thereason ature than some Vediststlse tode whysome scholarshaye rejectedthis translation (apart

In my view the presentsituafionis asfolloumlws fromprfJconceiveltl idea~about the couumlplepraumlpQ-4Jiana MostschoIats aeeeptprllpa andrapanaas aicouple of aS notbelongiogtotlierespiratotysystem ataumlll and

-

breathsltnd Oalandstranslation Ttis unc1earhow misil1te$etationsofjn~id~ntalpa~ages) as middotmiddottwofQld far theother pl-aumltta-sare cOilnededwith breathingirtthe Ohthe one hat)dtney ~tguedthaia1an4ion~lteountofthe Vedic texts The cont~xts and tllenumberofpraumlai-J Ineanil1g ofOP9 shmlld~~vebetter claill1sithaJil praumltzat0 occurring tog~therate (lecisivemiddotmiddot Scholarsilke Filliozat hemiddot funcuonof ehalaltnQn the~theIhanqth~iclea art irlclinecl to see everywh~re outside thec6Uple priitta~ was bull pllt fonvard~hat pr4t1abemiddoting the mQStvitt air apdnarepresentatives of the Aumlyurvedic seriefof alrsm (evenregard edas tllerlifes()ul) covJd lot be exha)atiol the body HoweverTthirik thaumltnofonlypraumlttaand bull AstQ tllefirst objec~iolmiddotlw~x1ttopbserve that il+deel1 apanamiddotgot corriplete1ydifferent middotrneanings bil1lthatthe p(aancLapdbothcanttleanawary ~ bllt~thM ipeVidento]ikmiddot other praumlpa-smiddot mayas wellhavemiddotmiddot developedout posiioQs praandapa maydf0o1iefqtward~dbli~~td respiratory funetions at least mayhavehadmeanings whieh agrees withtheact~ltNtQ~eSliQfbreathipg~l which changed incdurse oftimemiddot Thetermsremalfied MoreoumlvetprqcaJlJlojmiddotetf~slith~t theactiQll ofthe verb thesame the meanings ehanged10 takesplaCetewards orinsidethe own sphere of the

Thi5meansthat theriteaningsoumlf the sevetalp1ii~d~s subject On the contrary itexpressesremoval outof shottldbe established witliinseparatesystehls therespi the own sphete~s~ppears fromtheverb pra-dauml So ratory and theAumlynrvedic systeiii (~ndits Vedic roots) praumlpoeithermeans outbreathingbreathingway or Here anexact amHysisoumlf the prepositioriSinthepraumlrta f(gtrwardbreathing (in opposition to apaumlnfl) compouridsis required The argumentation that themQstvital function

In therespiratory system pra iri prOrtawhehthis is inhalationandthailiconsequently theInost italp9wer term is opposed to apana den6ies thatthre breathingis praumlttasQuld be inhalation rampther than eJdJalation dOeS outward away forward This fl1riCtion~Wpra isfoumlund notcdnvince ~The most vital functiol1is in and with several rootsalld suitstheoutbreathingaCtivity exhalation~sa euroollective term praumltza maydenote this Monier-Williams s EnglishSanskrzt Dictionary(1851) ia twofold proeess middotWhen tqedoubleprocess of breathing mentions pra-svas pra~vauml and pra-fnucasSanskritequi inand out is dividedinto prauml(iaandapana from a lexieal valents ofthe verbto exhale middotSothereareuof6rrnal pohltof view prauml(laeontlJ1uesrtne vital power but this objection to the interpretation of prauml(ia as tlie ouumltWard does not implythat theteforedtshould have murevital breath A tather oirl Biaumlhmala like the PanIJQvitpjauml aspectsi andnecessarily be inhalation ratherithan

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 4: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

330 TliEAPYAR LIBRAltV bull BDLLETlN

in thelungsand middotapaumlnaasthemiddotairhi thehowels or the lower part of the body in aU contexts The twouml terms werenotprimarilyaction-nounsbut should denote the air located in differentpans ofthebodY Thefunction of priirza sitttated aboumlvethe navel were ih~ and ex~halation and thatof apaumln4 situa~eclhe1ow then~vel excretion It is not quite clearwhatthe verbsprauml~ and apan should IIean then in several Vedic texts More over in passageslike BAumlU 1 5 3 apaumlnenamiddothiganfikaTfl Jighratithe apiinacan onlydenotethesense functionmiddot Juuml Vedic textswhere prii(lo and apaumlna are equat~dmiddot witli other alternatiug entitiesD in-and -exhalatjQn isJh~ oIlly ac~~ptable translati()n

Calandsinterpretation wasr~ghtlYd(f~ndedbyth-e ll~JgiiID Sch9lar UumlmdadroirorofCaland)PE1)umQl1t (~enlivjng inUSA) in JAOS7 (1957)pp 46-4700 thr~sisof (heiilt~p~~tll~of apassamp~ JroUllthe Xlt1rfya ~li(ikmatla middotehe ~merica(ljSdlOlar _EdgertQQ

~ ( ~ de(el1dmg themiddot~felidtousliszligf 0( tbaught oLBloomshyfelds pllpilBrownattaeked Pumszlign~in thenext j~~lI~ (J)flAOS(1Jf5~)middotp5154 Onegfhisargrimellts wasthatmiddotexc~lIent sCholars caul dnot come t0agreemen t on th~jJ1brelthingand -Ototbreathingroles ofprntla~and apfina andthateonseqa~ntly theoppositilt)ll thQradcshyabdominal proposedmiddotby nrOWJl were much more usefuh Dumont wrote arejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 54-56) in which-heiamiddotjb~erved that acceptance middotofCalands views py Boumlhtlingk andotherscho-larsapparentlyhad escapedEdgertEm Jncle(d kriow1ed~e of the relevant literatur-e was missipg with Ewrrig Brownas weH as

PRAumlfA APAumlN~AND OTHER PR~A-S 331

EdgertopThe la~te~ dosed Ithe discussion witha sur-rejoinder (JAOS 78 pp 56-57) in hiehhe majIl- tained his interpretation

As mentionelti abgve Calaumlhdssuccessor Gouda concltlded in 1971 th~tt Calandsvie~ hadhe~n accepted by almost all scholars adding ina note aboutDu~onts contributions dispelling doubts of other scholars- At least Edgerton maintained his opinion ti1tmiddothis death as appears from The Beginnings ofIndiatJ Philosophy London 1965 p lQ4 n 1~ In his The Classical Doctrine ofmiddot In4i-an Medtine~ Delhi 1964 (= La doctrinemiddot classiqu~ de Za medecineindiennemiddot Paris 1919) Jean Filliozat acceptedthcrespiratory functions ~fpraumlpa and apaumlnain ye9i~li~-ertu~e ~ndthe ~ranslation()f theseterms middotptopos~dbYGalandbuthe also emphasized the- regular occurrenceol tlpaumlna as

abdominal air inVedic texts since theAtharvaifcdaSamshy _ -

hitauml Rej~cting some of Ewing~s- y~eVs ~ith ~laquog~rdo the fivefold s~rre~Qf Plauml~a-s~nd thet~sit~on ef the r~spiratory fUl)lctions to thee~retiveand oth~r fqnptions 0fthe airs in the body he tried to )md s~artipg-MiIlts (orthe Ayqrvedic clil$szligmeation middotof~ejJrauml1Ja~ jnYedic ~ts (observ~~ W4(~9~ly tw~ofmiddott-bem are ~llmed theYCcQrtf)p2p4~ither tci~Spira~ion~n4expirashylt)Jlor t~ th~lJreaill-of theanti~i~-iupedor partofthe ~X~dto 14at ofthe posterioinferiorpart When tllFszligefour Qr fivebreath~ ( ) are named t4eycorshyJ1espond tospecialized diverse animal spiritswhose (qnctions have beenspecifiedhyc1asicalmedicine (p 187) I am u~der theiIl1Pl~slohthatFi11ioz~t was

332 1HE ADVAkLl9RARV9l1iLETJt( PRAumlJTAuml APAumlNA AND QlHER 1RMJA-S 333

inclined tosee more Aumlyurvedic prUumlla~S middotin Vedic Hter~

of

explicitly statesbahirhipraumlpaltt(7 6 14)gt Thereason ature than some Vediststlse tode whysome scholarshaye rejectedthis translation (apart

In my view the presentsituafionis asfolloumlws fromprfJconceiveltl idea~about the couumlplepraumlpQ-4Jiana MostschoIats aeeeptprllpa andrapanaas aicouple of aS notbelongiogtotlierespiratotysystem ataumlll and

-

breathsltnd Oalandstranslation Ttis unc1earhow misil1te$etationsofjn~id~ntalpa~ages) as middotmiddottwofQld far theother pl-aumltta-sare cOilnededwith breathingirtthe Ohthe one hat)dtney ~tguedthaia1an4ion~lteountofthe Vedic texts The cont~xts and tllenumberofpraumlai-J Ineanil1g ofOP9 shmlld~~vebetter claill1sithaJil praumltzat0 occurring tog~therate (lecisivemiddotmiddot Scholarsilke Filliozat hemiddot funcuonof ehalaltnQn the~theIhanqth~iclea art irlclinecl to see everywh~re outside thec6Uple priitta~ was bull pllt fonvard~hat pr4t1abemiddoting the mQStvitt air apdnarepresentatives of the Aumlyurvedic seriefof alrsm (evenregard edas tllerlifes()ul) covJd lot be exha)atiol the body HoweverTthirik thaumltnofonlypraumlttaand bull AstQ tllefirst objec~iolmiddotlw~x1ttopbserve that il+deel1 apanamiddotgot corriplete1ydifferent middotrneanings bil1lthatthe p(aancLapdbothcanttleanawary ~ bllt~thM ipeVidento]ikmiddot other praumlpa-smiddot mayas wellhavemiddotmiddot developedout posiioQs praandapa maydf0o1iefqtward~dbli~~td respiratory funetions at least mayhavehadmeanings whieh agrees withtheact~ltNtQ~eSliQfbreathipg~l which changed incdurse oftimemiddot Thetermsremalfied MoreoumlvetprqcaJlJlojmiddotetf~slith~t theactiQll ofthe verb thesame the meanings ehanged10 takesplaCetewards orinsidethe own sphere of the

Thi5meansthat theriteaningsoumlf the sevetalp1ii~d~s subject On the contrary itexpressesremoval outof shottldbe established witliinseparatesystehls therespi the own sphete~s~ppears fromtheverb pra-dauml So ratory and theAumlynrvedic systeiii (~ndits Vedic roots) praumlpoeithermeans outbreathingbreathingway or Here anexact amHysisoumlf the prepositioriSinthepraumlrta f(gtrwardbreathing (in opposition to apaumlnfl) compouridsis required The argumentation that themQstvital function

In therespiratory system pra iri prOrtawhehthis is inhalationandthailiconsequently theInost italp9wer term is opposed to apana den6ies thatthre breathingis praumlttasQuld be inhalation rampther than eJdJalation dOeS outward away forward This fl1riCtion~Wpra isfoumlund notcdnvince ~The most vital functiol1is in and with several rootsalld suitstheoutbreathingaCtivity exhalation~sa euroollective term praumltza maydenote this Monier-Williams s EnglishSanskrzt Dictionary(1851) ia twofold proeess middotWhen tqedoubleprocess of breathing mentions pra-svas pra~vauml and pra-fnucasSanskritequi inand out is dividedinto prauml(iaandapana from a lexieal valents ofthe verbto exhale middotSothereareuof6rrnal pohltof view prauml(laeontlJ1uesrtne vital power but this objection to the interpretation of prauml(ia as tlie ouumltWard does not implythat theteforedtshould have murevital breath A tather oirl Biaumlhmala like the PanIJQvitpjauml aspectsi andnecessarily be inhalation ratherithan

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 5: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

332 1HE ADVAkLl9RARV9l1iLETJt( PRAumlJTAuml APAumlNA AND QlHER 1RMJA-S 333

inclined tosee more Aumlyurvedic prUumlla~S middotin Vedic Hter~

of

explicitly statesbahirhipraumlpaltt(7 6 14)gt Thereason ature than some Vediststlse tode whysome scholarshaye rejectedthis translation (apart

In my view the presentsituafionis asfolloumlws fromprfJconceiveltl idea~about the couumlplepraumlpQ-4Jiana MostschoIats aeeeptprllpa andrapanaas aicouple of aS notbelongiogtotlierespiratotysystem ataumlll and

-

breathsltnd Oalandstranslation Ttis unc1earhow misil1te$etationsofjn~id~ntalpa~ages) as middotmiddottwofQld far theother pl-aumltta-sare cOilnededwith breathingirtthe Ohthe one hat)dtney ~tguedthaia1an4ion~lteountofthe Vedic texts The cont~xts and tllenumberofpraumlai-J Ineanil1g ofOP9 shmlld~~vebetter claill1sithaJil praumltzat0 occurring tog~therate (lecisivemiddotmiddot Scholarsilke Filliozat hemiddot funcuonof ehalaltnQn the~theIhanqth~iclea art irlclinecl to see everywh~re outside thec6Uple priitta~ was bull pllt fonvard~hat pr4t1abemiddoting the mQStvitt air apdnarepresentatives of the Aumlyurvedic seriefof alrsm (evenregard edas tllerlifes()ul) covJd lot be exha)atiol the body HoweverTthirik thaumltnofonlypraumlttaand bull AstQ tllefirst objec~iolmiddotlw~x1ttopbserve that il+deel1 apanamiddotgot corriplete1ydifferent middotrneanings bil1lthatthe p(aancLapdbothcanttleanawary ~ bllt~thM ipeVidento]ikmiddot other praumlpa-smiddot mayas wellhavemiddotmiddot developedout posiioQs praandapa maydf0o1iefqtward~dbli~~td respiratory funetions at least mayhavehadmeanings whieh agrees withtheact~ltNtQ~eSliQfbreathipg~l which changed incdurse oftimemiddot Thetermsremalfied MoreoumlvetprqcaJlJlojmiddotetf~slith~t theactiQll ofthe verb thesame the meanings ehanged10 takesplaCetewards orinsidethe own sphere of the

Thi5meansthat theriteaningsoumlf the sevetalp1ii~d~s subject On the contrary itexpressesremoval outof shottldbe established witliinseparatesystehls therespi the own sphete~s~ppears fromtheverb pra-dauml So ratory and theAumlynrvedic systeiii (~ndits Vedic roots) praumlpoeithermeans outbreathingbreathingway or Here anexact amHysisoumlf the prepositioriSinthepraumlrta f(gtrwardbreathing (in opposition to apaumlnfl) compouridsis required The argumentation that themQstvital function

In therespiratory system pra iri prOrtawhehthis is inhalationandthailiconsequently theInost italp9wer term is opposed to apana den6ies thatthre breathingis praumlttasQuld be inhalation rampther than eJdJalation dOeS outward away forward This fl1riCtion~Wpra isfoumlund notcdnvince ~The most vital functiol1is in and with several rootsalld suitstheoutbreathingaCtivity exhalation~sa euroollective term praumltza maydenote this Monier-Williams s EnglishSanskrzt Dictionary(1851) ia twofold proeess middotWhen tqedoubleprocess of breathing mentions pra-svas pra~vauml and pra-fnucasSanskritequi inand out is dividedinto prauml(iaandapana from a lexieal valents ofthe verbto exhale middotSothereareuof6rrnal pohltof view prauml(laeontlJ1uesrtne vital power but this objection to the interpretation of prauml(ia as tlie ouumltWard does not implythat theteforedtshould have murevital breath A tather oirl Biaumlhmala like the PanIJQvitpjauml aspectsi andnecessarily be inhalation ratherithan

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 6: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

334 TUE ADYAR UHRARYBULLtETIN

exhalatiOn Ja process which for thatmatter i~as -as~halatron In otherwords pro in priifl(J in-

In

In the

JIrd mdalatIDil is~ntthesameaiSPam priilfW~exhal~tion

Thecombinatwp withmiddotmiddotmiddotYtjtilll11 inhalation gaVe to~praumltJ1l ~breathing~ thenew ~pecific itreaning-exhalation~

Now Gnemayapk what is themeaning ofprain the general termpiii(la preathing Ewing oe gt254 observed ahuumlut p1Uc61l1poundeewithJ thegtroot an bull fhe ~iPedllstraquo]ifzittIithatitaddS~trtlfjsta sliglit lattnsive force middotThisismiddottoovaumlgu~middot Idsltprererab1e- tointerpret pra asexpres~ing continuitY Seenelbrftc~Altbtd~ ~laxlIanemiddot 1888 p 460 Im~ Hinblickauft~jneSG1tair begonnene Jfafldltn1g emstehteder qedaDike der Fort middotSetztmgmiddotoumlder Wiedcrh91ung ( ) pramitll1t die V1SChshy

reitende Bewegung des Ath~enstnacheit athmen~ Theverb pratziti to breatheforth On the sen~eof a

f~tth~Oing ~ontinuiI~ attiQlJ) wa~~~~r entiatepjntQ to breath~ forth (prii(lbh)andba~~ (apfTtttt)

The prefix dpal~maYialw referto theremova16f something (apart from the llackward movement) compounds with particular roots it may express that SOIliething is taken ~way fromsomewhereor out of a massSo the inhalation may be interpreted as the taking awayofair froni outside the body Compare apakf$ and apaciThis aspectof apaumlnitiandapaumlna may

have played a f(~le besides the opposition forward (priitui) backWard (apaumlnaJl~

Theudanamthe Aumlyurvedic systemi$ quite different fromudiina in the Vedicrespiratory syst~m Saiapatha Braumlltmaf)a~ uaiinamiddot replaces apiina and means

PRAuml~A ~ANA AND QTl1XR pR1JlA-s s3auml

inhalationY This intetpretat~n af udaumlna icnoumltro11Qd in most publications The tern) is either interjJreted aS

upbreathing (in accordance with thclawrmiddottradition) 0( asputbreathing

On ae~oQri~ of the pa~~l~eli~ orl~auml~~ucand praumlpodaumlnau m~elated VedIQprosetexts wenawW infer thatudina was identieaumll with ap4na aileait M 1ar as the (oumluplepraumlpoaaumlf1(luis concetlled Thiswasaumllsb donebythe tr~slatQr ofthistexdp the SatredBoQs qf JheEltsi Eggelingwh0however~ ttallslatedudaumlna in the triadPraumlfltlaplJilqatidudMlit (SB 143 3) witb ~upwatO bl~aumlthing~ A MhlardTfouumlElIlgrrlQs su liJs ~(J)J1lt Chlpmins I Paumlris194-9165 bprefersthisttaumllaslatipllalso in middotthe couple priitlodanaa thEgtughhe accept~ Galandrs interpretation oftheuromiddotparaUtHcciitJpoundpriitzaumlpiinpu

An opposition as deal- asbehveen ptaand apais notfound in the case of praumlflaand udiina There is 00

spatial antithesis betwe~n pra and ud Just likeapaumlthe prefix udmayalso indicate that something isrernoved Now rernoval may irnply giving upandsending away or appropriation frorn sornebody orgtsomewhere The context and the root with which ud is cornpounded are decisive The EngJish verb to exhaJe is translated by Monier-Williams in his ElIglish-Sanskrit DictioTlCJry iaby ud-ir and ut-kfiP On the other hand uc-ci and apa-ci ut-krs and apa-krs dendte the same (to gather colIect and to take out up away) The udiina might

denotethe taking awayof air from outside the body and aumls $uch there is hardly a diffetence with apiilla

Theprefixes pra und ud may be no usual spatial

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 7: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

336 THE ADYAR LIaRARY ijULLETIN

oppositein compounds butmiddot weshpuld consideI actual situation of the processof breathing which placeby way ofmouth and nQstrils Inhalatiollespccla~7 Iy by way of the nose butin theirnpression of 1 also by way ofthe mouthis an Tlpward process~ pare Englishto sniffurgt (oumlr ln) which also t~lUl~ inhale The upward movement of theair through nose and of the hreath during inhaJatitmby mOU~l may~e~pla~ the replacement of apana byudana isasimilar confusion about theexactnatllre bf UCfIflJll5j~ butthe10pposition ofuqchvaumlsaandnivasa may Ij that ucchviisa meahsinhalation Thereading some passages has to be replacedby niltSviifii Willlamss English-Sanskrit Dictionary mentions nisvas the equivalent of English to inhaleand niltSvasas of the many translations of to exhale Thc situauul~ isnot quite dear On the one hand niSvasp1ay e compared with avaumln thesynonym ofapaumln On the hand niSvaumlsa may denotethe sigh whichjl) a dowllward exhalation (opposed to ucchvaumlsa) rather than inhalation

Theequation of udaumlna with Ful1Moen in SB 11 2 4 5 (Bince man i~ filled as it wereby udaumlna) preves that udiina is inhalation rather thanexhalation oumlr upbreathing16

There -is sufficient evidence for respiratory functions of praumlw apaumlna and udanaand (heir exact significations asfar as their occurrence incouples is concemed The situ~tion of 7(Yaumlna and samaumlna is more clifficuh O(le might expectthatonaccountofthecontrasting function ofthe two prefixes these two terms would form a regular

~bullbull___middot~middot_ts~middot_ - - ~k-__~~_~~

PR~~A APAumlNA AND OTHEltPRAuml~A-S 337

couplein Vedic texts rfliis jsnot tbe case l am Underthe impressiondat 7(Yaumlnaoriginally was ratbei independellt fromsamaumlnaand thatitJormeda third item (afterpraumltzti andapaumll1aludana)~ inthe respiratory system lrisc(mne~ted with gtpraumlrut and apaumlnaandregarded as SOlllethUumllg in betwe~(1thesetwQ Theprobkm iso thatit is Qftennot ckarwhether prauml1Ja arid apuumlna refer totherespiratorysystemin thiscaseor to the Aumlyurvedic system

According toEwing 7(Yanadenotes theinterval between respjratiol1s in Vedic texts (00 p middotmiddot303) middotHe

trahslates it breathing apart Filliozat oc p180 critidzes this interpretation artdobserves lt is th~ir permanent intermediaryjn so~atic spacesrather than beingthe oumlccasiopal interval between expiration and inspiration Thesimultaneous menti~n of thethree ismore cornplete as the enumeration of organicbreaths thanthat of praumlpa and apaumlnamiddot The fact that Yajur~ vedic Sarphitauml-suse the rnentioned threepraumltla-s as weIl as the wdl-known fivefold series in the formulas of parallel passagesseerns to supporthisview This proves thatthe enumerations of three pr five breaths are absQlutely equivalent andthat there is noground fot seekingto identify themiddotthreebreathswith thephases of respiration which oneshouldnot be ternpted to establish when there are five of them (p 183) He conc1udes (pl87)that everyseries of more than two praumlpa-sbe]ongs to the system oforganic airszlig specifiedhy classlcalmedidne

Often vyaumlna is analysed asthe air diffused (vi ) 22

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 8: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

398 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLE1IN

through the body rather than something which lS In

between (vi-) the other two prii1Ja-s Since life depends on the working up of respiration in the interior of the body the difference of opinion between Ewing and Filliozat does not seem to be serious as far asvyaumlna itself is concerned The main difference lies the interpre tation of apaumlna in the triad According of Filliozat this should mean air in the lower part of thebody

Unfortunately there are not many passages which clearly show that either thlt respiratory orthe organic (Ajrurvedlc) pri1Ja-s are meant whenprauml1Ja and apaumlna occur together with vyiina (and other praumltza-s) Ewing especiallydiscussesOhUl 3 3-5 where vyaumlna is described as the sarpdhi between praumlpa and apaumlna which in myview indeed can only be interpreted as exhalation and inshyhalation onaccountofthe context~ The vyaumlnais ~quated with vaumlc and then the conclusion is drawn that pe6ple spe~k without exhalation and inhalation (tasmiid apraumlpann anapaumlnan viicam abhivyaumlharati) I think that theUpani~ad gives an ad hoc etymology of vyaumlna arid does not exshyplain vi as inbetween or in different directions but as without Speech is vy-aumlna because it i8 wlthout breathing Other strenuous efforts are also said to be performed without in-and ex-halatlon (OhU 1 3 5) and then again the vyiina is connected with this phenomenon

Brown and Edgerton do not discuss this passage and in his book Oll Indian medicine Filliozat (p 180) on]y rejects Ewings interpretation ofpraumltlaand apaumlna in OhU l 33 (it should be breath of the upper and of the

PRAumlliA APAumlNA AND OTHERPRAuml~A-S 339

10wer part) but he does not analyse the passage In 1933 however he extensively discussed this Upani~adic passage in RevuePhilasophique OXVI p 426-428 His interpretation in which he tried to use the information of SUSruta is a sad failure Tout le passagesignifierait done on ne mange (fonetion du praumlIa) ninexpulse dexcreta (fonction de lapaumlna) quand on parleentonne chante court etc (p 428) Tt is entirelyobvious that prauml1Ja and apiina in this passage belong tot4erespirashytory system and that consequently vyaumlna depends on it16

PB 20 166 observes that the threeday rite hasno repetitions It is thitherward directed just aspeople breathe out thitherward Then the qJlestion is asked whether this rite isthreefoldor one The answer is that it i8 one since prii1Ja aplma and tYiina are one and the same It is quite clear that the processof breathing rather than a threefold system oforganic airs in the body is meant here

In AiA 5 I 4 the priest pushes tbe swing forward with the words Swing forward like outbreathing (prauml1Ja) he swings it crosswise with the words Swing crosswise like thevyaumlna andback to himself (abhyaumltmam) with the wordsSwing like inbreathing This can ollly rCfer to respiration and vyaumlna obviously forms the stage between

inhalation and exhalation Accordingto PB 73 8 three metres are Out- and

in-breathing (Gaumlyatri =outbreathing Brhati =vyaumlna Tri~tubh =inbreathing) Tbjs is done for the continuity ofprii1)a al1d apaumlna as the textstates Again theprocess of respiration is denoted and vyaumlna belongs to it17

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 9: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

340 THE ADYAR LlBRARY BULLETIN

The vyaumlna is notonlythe linkmiddotmiddot betweeriprauml~a apaumlM (the sarpdhi tnentioumlned by ehU 1~3 3) it keeps them apartLe re~lates thealternatiollof respiration Theinhalation andtheexhalation gtuuuJ4 not becomemixedup lheusual t~rm for thiscare aboutdi~tinction vidhrti isfound KS2721 12 f vyaumlnena imau pr(1)aumlpilr~uvidhrtauprin middotcapratyanca k~yetenaumlyam uumlrdhvautkr~tinetar() ~ vlin sa1flkraumlmati 7JIIiimfm

eVa madhyatodadhaumltiprii~aumljJaumlnayor vitlhrtyai ThepagtI(IMi israth~robscure At firstsightitmight refer tOjhe Ayurvedicorganicair However~ifis iIlcdnceivable thatvylina ofthe medicaltheoryshouldkeep apart the air in the upper partofthe body fromtheabdominal air] Moreover praumlnandPratyan are mQstlyassociated wlthex halation and inh(jlation Even prauml(lQ and udiina in the 8atapatha Braumlhmatja are described as moving forward and backward sOJam vliyu~) puru~c ntal praviftal praumlti ca pratyan cil taumlv imrlu prauml~Qdiinau(SB J 13 2) There fore I interpret praumlrza andaplinaas respira rionhere Now theaction ofprauml~a is uumltdhva utkraumlmati and of apaumlna the reverse (avaumlti sa1flkraumlmati) A late paraDel is found in MaiU2 6 atho 10 yam uumlrdhvam ittkraumlmaty e~a vavasa priirza~athayo yaritavaumlii satlkraumlmatye~a vaumlva sopaumlnal This passage hasbeenmterpreted as referring to theair in the upper and in the lower parts of the body How~

ever the text does not describe the geographyof airs btlt the processes~ In utkiaumlmati thedirecrion isnot only upwards but also outwards In the division of the airs in the bodythe air in the upper partthepraumlpa r~presents the respiratory system in general (ie exhalation 3S weH

PRAumlljA APAumlNA ANDOTHER PRAuml~A-S 34-1

asinhalation) It iSnot exc1usively connettedwith an upwardandoutward movemel)t Thaumltuumlrdhvamutkramauml denotesmiddottheleaving ofthebodyisprovednyMaiU2 2 athayae~occkviisaumlIJtiambkanenordhvam uikraumlnto ( )eyaaumltma where thelife-soul(prauml(tar disappearsaumlssooumlrfasmiddotthe in hej1aton (ucchviis4) or respiration inge1leralstops18 In MaumliD theinwardanszligdownwardapana iinhalatiolialld byextensiontheairin thelowerpartPfthebod) irlfhe nientioumlnedpassage~of KS ther~~picitioniSidistussea~ EVidently 1he~aumlntzdoesnot prevept tlie PfaumlpiJ fron moving outandthe apaIJafrbm rn()vihgin(allddowri)~ The subjectsmiddotayamanditarateferin this order to apauml11lt andpraumlpa The airh~ch jsd~stined tomove inshoumlttld not be ptished outJrYthe4irwnich is destinedtomove out the airwbicllisdesfin-ed to move out snottldhdtbe forced bythe incoumlmingair tokeep circulating (saTrtkraumlshym~ti) downwards The regri1atjon C)f the alternating process isthe functionofthevyaumlna Itformsthebreak betweenthetWo movementsofthe eternalplay oE the airs19 01 windsTherefore ~ci~vB 22 23 rather mystedously calllgt the lYaumlnanikriiitainterruption inthe playillg (cfnikri(lo marutam name ofa Sanian) The trahsItion fromtheair functioning bCtweenthe proshyceSses of inhalation_ andexhalation to air diffused threHlgh thc body is Iiot great

I have tried touml show that even outside the couple praumlpaapana there are praumlttasinVedic literature which belong to the respirat~ry system vyaumlna functioning beshytween prapa andapaumlnaand udaumlna replaumldng apiina In the trladpraumlpa apaumlna udaumliu~ thesituation is different

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 10: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

342 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Either apaumlna or udiina have got different meanings In the fourfold seriespraumlrza apaumlna (or udaumlna) 1)aumlna and samaumlna the AumlyQrvedicrather than the respiratory system may be assumed There is an opposition between 1)aumlna (air spread through the body) and samiina (congested air) The contexts however mostly give not informashytion on the exact natureof these praumlrza-s 20 In the fivefold series there is an opposition between1)iina andsamaumlna (in the middleoumlf the body) betweenpriirzaand apiina andbeshytween u~aumlna and apaumlna The udaumlruJ here is upwards and the apaumlna downwards the praumlrza is forwards and the apaumlna backwards (both associated with air Ieaving the Jgtody ) In the non-respiratory system praumlrza is mQstly interpreted as ir in the upper part of the body and apaumlna as airin the lowerpart I doubt the correctness of this analysis in the case of the fivefold series since udaumlna belongs to the tipper part as weIl and samaumlna may be regarded as belonging to themiddot lower part The apaumlna has to beinterpreted as themiddot continuation of the inshybreathing to the backside of the body or as the air which moves off backwards (versus praumlrza forwards)

Now the problem is that the fivefold series is already found in old Vedic texts whereas rather late Vedic texts still have apaumlna (incornbination with praumlrza and even Yith more praumlrza-s) meaning inspiration Hard and fast rules about the application of the one or the othersystem ofpriirzas (as proposed by Filliozat) cannot be drawn up The contexts have to decide and often uo choice is possible In many Vedic texts the respirashytory system remained playing arole The origin of the

PRAtfA APAumlNAAND OTHER PRAumltfA-s 343

system of the organic airs (as found in medkal texts) may perhaps be found in the tradition of thc Atharvashyveda which has more medical pretensions than the other Vedas

The term paumlrza does not only mean exhalation or thoracic air It also denotes breath in general and the breath oflife As life-soul or soul ingeneralit is located in the heart in Vedic literature 21 This does not mean that it is thoracic as in the medical system The seat of the soul whatever its exact naturemay be is the heart22

(whatever that term may imply in old Indian texts) As vital principle itis more essential than other vital powers in manandconsequently all of them (manas cak~us srotram vaumlc) are called praumlva-s

This other fivefoldseries of praumltza-s partly consists of senses Now there are also five senses Sometimes the five priitzas are the five senses rather than the five vital powers This explains the fact thatpraumlrza sometimes has to be intcrpreted as smelL Insteadofusing the more adshyequate term ghraumlrza the tradition al classifications retarn praumlrza23 Similarly vaumlc (speechtongue) may represent taste in the fivefold series of the senses24 This priitza smell is located in the nose and has no relation with the specific meaning exhalation Actually smdl is produced by inhalation (through the no~e) This may have induced some Vedic authors to prefer apiina to praumlrza in this connection25 Thisexplains the occurrence of both terms with the function of smell26

The followingmeanings of thepraumlrza-s are fourid in Vedic literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 11: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

344 345 THE ADYARLIBRARY BlTLLETIN

praumlva _respiration breath

lifebreathlife-soul exhalation thoraeie air smell

apana _ inhalation

abdominal air flatulence smell

udOumlla -inhalatio~

upbreathing air risingupwards ill the upper partof thebody

lyaumlna -breath between inhalation and exshyhalation air dHfused in the body

samaumlna-middotthe oppositeof the diffilsed lYaumlna air congestedin the bdly Le thc air beshytweellprapa respiratiol1~ (or expiration) and apaumlnaflatulence and exctetion

NOTES

1 ~eehowev~r also CalandZDM(J 51 p 133-134 (Die rituelle~aft des neatmens) A Minard TroisEnigmes sur les Cent Ckemins I Paris 1949 77 a erroneously attributes the traditional wrongiIiterpretation to Calands first paper whereactuaUy praumlt)a is explicitly stated to be exhalation

2 See egCbullCappellerSanskrit-Woumlrterhuch Strassburg 1187 MMonier-Williams A Sanskrit-English Dictionary Oxford 1899 AA MacdoneIl A Bractical Sansknt Dictionary London 1929 N Stchoupak L Nitti and L Renoumiddot Dictionnaire Sanskrit-Franais

PRA~A APAumlNA ANDOTliERPRAuml~A-S

Paris 1932 VS ApteSanskrit-EnglishDictionary Poona1957-1959 (revised and enlargeded) Li Mylius Woumlrterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch Leipzig 1975

3 jS Speyer Specimen literarium inauguralede ceremonia apud lntlos quaevocatur Jaumltakarma the~is Leiden 1872p 66 Eggeling inhis translationof theSqtapatha Braumlhmat)a (1882-I9()()) andDeussen in his translation of the Upani~ads(1897 sometimes liad the eorrect interpreta dort buftheywere nat consisten t

See Caland ZJ)MG 55 p 262

Ii In anote correctiltn on p 255 where the huumlerpretations(gtf leading transl~tOlsofYedic texts and sllrveyedh~remar19gtAddmiddot now Caland ZDMGLY 261 ff Boumlhtlingkibid518

6 See also Galand -ZDNlG55p 264 vordem Nabk(beim aufrecht gehendenM~nsch~nals() oberhalb eIes Nabels befindet ~ich der prauml11a hinter dem Nabel beim Men~chen wieCer unshyterhalb des Nabets)derapaumlna (translation ofTS 34 1 34) This according to C~landlletondarJa~velopmentwa~ alteac1yfound in this Qld)ajurvedic Sarphitaumlmiddot ln the ritual Suumltras prat)a and 4Piina however Inostly stillrefer to ex- and inhalation

7 See eg J Filliozat The Classical Doctrineoj 1ntliari Metlicine belhi 1964 (=La tloctrine classiquede la mdecineintlienne Paris 1949) p 174-175 184-185

8 Fi1liozat Revuelihilosophique 1933 p 421 analyses samaumlna as sam~-ana which daes notmiddot convmce

D BQdewit~ Jaiminlya Braumlhmat)a I 1-65 Leid~n 1913 p24Ouml f 1deg0Idenberg Die WeltanscAauungderBraumlkma~a-TexteGottingen

1919 p 66-67 ncht die Lehre selbst steht fest wohl aber die Schlagworte indenen sie sich zusanupCnfasst die bedeuten fuumlrmiddot ampip einen etwas andres als fuumlr den andern(formulated with regard to the theory of the praumlt)a-s)

11 This isdenoted in the text bYP4raumlilc-arpiinc (SB 8 52 7) pra-ii SB 14 1 5) and especially praumliic-pratyaumliic (SB 1 13~ middot2and passim) Nowhere (apart from commentaries) inhalation is explishydtly described as inwards

12 Brown oc p 105 remarked Apart ftom these breathshywords I knowof no instancc in composition where apa is translated

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 12: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

346 THE ADYAR LlBRRY BVLLETIN

in Indeed apadoes not mean in in general but it is cOIf~ ceivable that the action of inhalatiorr can be express~d by a verb or noun compounded with apa for which there are only English equivalents compounded with in That apa in apaumlna does not only refei tQ the backward position of thls air in the Aumlyurvediy system in comparison with the forward position of prli1a likewise situated within the body appears fromPD 7 6 14 bahir hi praumlClo antar hy aplinall for outside i8 the outbreathing for inside is the inbreathing (tr Oaland)

13 According to Boumlht1ingk ZDMG 55 pp 518 apana ist der dem Luftraum wieder ent-(aparaquo-zogene Aushauchi ie a

Ruumlckhauch I do not support this interpretation which would imply that inhalation should be the recovery oftheexhaledair 14 On udaumllja replacirig apaumlna and meaning inhalation in the Saumlilkkaumlyana BraumlhmaCla see Caland AO X p 313

15 See also SB 1 4 1 5wherepraumltza is pra (cf pra-dauml) and udaumlna auml (cf auml-dii)

16 SB 12 9 1 IOeven states that all the praumltza-sare based on in- and ex-halation sarve praumltzaumll) praumltzodaumlnayor eva pratiithitaumlb

17 SB 8 52 7 associates the piling ofthe bricks at the Agnjshycayana with pr(1)as The order is prauml1a vyaumlna udiina- udauml~a lDIaumlna praumlf)a praumlll lDIaumlnaudaumlna~ This toand from movement is called arvaumlnc and paraumliic and the text explains that this is donebecause the breathings are backward and forward In these triads Yaumlna unmiddot doubtedly belongs to the respiratory system and udiina is identical with aplina in other texts

18 JAB van Buitenen The MaitraumlyaClfya Upan~ad The Hague 1962 traIislates He who with the reliance on thebreath goes out upward ( ) he ~s the self and remarks in anote on account of ortes reliance onordinary breath In my interpretation aVQshy

stambkana means stopping rather thanreliance 19 Minard Trois Enigmes H Paris 1956 450 translates vyaumlna

m Ob U 1 3 3 by soufHe susllcnsif andspeaks in a note about the assimilation of phonation and pause respiratoire

20 According to l)altlvB 2 2 24 the samaumlna isnow nirukta now anirukta Probably this refers to the fact that the air in the bowels is sometimes heardIn the fivefoldseries the apaumlniz mostly

PRA~A APANA AND OTHER PR~A-S 347

isair connectedwithexcretion rather than abdominal air In the same context (2 2 21) theapaumlnd is called ghon making sound which points at flatulence rather than a soft artictilation (transshylation W B Bellee)

III See TB 3 108 5 SankhAuml 116 MaiU 62 ~(see transshylation van Buitenen o c p 39) In the Upani~ads prauml~a isfreshyquently identified with brahmanand aumltman and as such implicitly regarded as staying in the heart

22 Gortda The Vision oftke Vedic Boets The Hague 1963 p 276ff 28 JBl 269 praumltzena surabhi caumlsurabhi ca vijlinaumlti SB 10 5215

na prauml(tenagandkarp vijaumlnaumlti JUB 4 264prauml1pmagandhaumln vedetiveda Kau$U 34- praumlClena sarvaumln gandhaumlnaumlpnoti OhU 122 tasmaumlttenoshybhayam jighrati surabki ca durgandhi ca (referring to the naumlsikya Jiraumlf)a) BAumlU 1 3 4 (on the praumltza) sa yal) sa plipmli yad evedam apratiruumlparp jighrati sa eva sapaumlpmliThe praumltza in themouth (JUB) 2 10 19 mukhya BAU 1 3 7 aumlsanya OhU 1 2 7 mukkya is not one ofthe senses hut the lifebreath

24 jB 1 269 vaumlcauml ivaumldu caumlsvaumldu ca vijaumlniiti SB 8 5 4 1 sarveiaumlm angliniirp vaumlcaivaumlnnasya rasarp vijaumlnaumlti 1052 15 na vaumlclinnasya rasa1jl vijaumlniiti JUB 4 26 3 vaumlcauml rasaumlnvedeti veda

25 JUB 1 60 5 tasmaumld bahu kirp ca kirp caumlpaumlnena jighrati Surabhi cainena jighrati durgandhi ca 2 I 19 na paumlpafll gandham apaumlniti 2 39 tasmaumlt paryaumltto paumlnab surabhi ca hy enenajighrati dur gandhi ca 2 10 21 na paumlparp gandham apaumlnitiBAU S2 2 apaumlnena hi gandhaumln jighrati

26 Ewing oc p 297 ff gives amiddotdifferentexplanation in conshynection with his interpretaion of apaumlna and apliniti ~ In his view (inspired by notes of Oert~I on jUB) paumlparp gandham apliniti refers tothe evil smell which one exhales Now the problem is that JUB 2 10 17 states sayad eva praumltzena [paumlpam] praumlCliti sa eva sa paumlparp The parallel BAumlU 134 (see n 23 above) as well as JUB 2 1 16 sa yad evaumlplinena paumlparp gandham apaumlniti sa eva sa pliparp however indicate that praumltziti as well as aplinitistandfor jighrati Since the senseshyfunytion is called priill jUB 2 1017 the verb became assimilated to praumlCliti Further on (JUB~ 2 1021) the more correct verb apaumlniti is used (na paumlparp gandham apaumlniti) So prauml(ta as well as apaumlna may denote smell and the verb replacingjighrati is apaumlniti

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces

Page 13: Bodewitz - Prana, Apana and Other Pranas in Vedic Literature

348 THE ADYAR LIBRARY BULLETIN

Ewingeven wanted tOCQnnect tbc evilodoumlurof tbementinned

j

inthe

also be

passages with the flatulence comingfrom or associatedwnh apiina Tbe fact tbat tbeseevilodours arepercehredbytbe nose sbould bave caused tbe replacement of ghraumltza ornifsikjairaumltla hy apiina nowmeaningnasltl-tbteath~activlty (rathet tharioutbreatbingEwings usuaI renderingof this term)and especially smell

- Tbe reltvantpassages inUB ObUiandBAushouldalSszlig bave formed tbe ()rlgln of the misconceptiono(apaumlnaasirihalation (instea4MeXhalatiPn) Intbese passageuhtfivevitall9wers and an additiohalsuperior oneare treatelti Tbefiveaiemana91calqus~ Srolram viic and Priit)a A6tually n1iiDbermiddot five Jraumlt)O is divided i~touml tW() hems thepritziJin tbenoseaIsocalled aPauml7iq) and the original fimction of prii1j(J -tle ilifebrealh-middot (alsomiddotmiddotcalledmiddottbemiddot prauml1J4 mPllthh tbc sixtp ite1]i

lt is dear that thefifth item th~ prii1)a inthenose or tbeapana istbesubstitute of prii1JQ llfebreath in thenvefold serHsof tbe senses This cbange 0 f meaning or funetion of priit)a can ~ observed()utside tbe mentioned passages middotmiddotSatbete is no need toassume with EwingthattheoccurreneeofaPaumlna in these very passage together with sensemiddotfunctionsshollIdbave Gausedihe sOcallednnsinterpretati6nofapliniJ as inhalation(lJ these seriesbqth prdtlaandapaumlna wben connlct~dwith tbenosehave no relation with tue respiratorysystem but rHertltrsme1L(whicn in practice mdeed is produced bymiddotmiddotinbilatitUlmiddotmiddot tbrollgh tbenose Tbere is no reference to evil odours coming from moutb or ailUs (as assumed by Oerteland Ewing) as the opposition between eviland fragrant odpurs in tbesepassages proves for thatmatter

ANiANQNYMOUSTRCTONlNllERxtANCE mOMBEN~AL

THE followi~g isan edition of a shori anonymous tracton the law oumlfillheritance in BengaL It isa versi fied summary of tIie initialchapters ofSrikr~l~tarkaumlshylaIikaras Dayadkikarar~ainasarrtgraha (ltencepkscorshyresponding to pagesl2gjnLa~sh11liNaiaya~ Sermas editiQA 09alclltta18Z8)anrl pages 1-61 (GhapU~rs 1 and 2)offW Wynchs trarislatiQn2ndedition Serampore L878jofthistext Eventhough the contentsthereshyfore~re Dotvery originalthe text beafstestimony to the intensestudYin ~elolsofmiddotBeogalorthetopic of inheritance initiated by Jimuumltav~hana and further developed by a host ofscholarsincludingRaghuDaIidana andKrsnatarkaumlhlIikaumlta lt

Th~ edition ismiddotmiddotbased on amiddotsingle lllanuscrlpt in Bengali characterspreservedmiddot at Calcutta Sanskrit College (Smrti nOt 1585) The texto~inheritance

bullbull bullbullbullbull bull gt J

whiCh covers two completeJolios-thre(e timese ight _ - I

lmes once six_-ls followed byfiye and onehalffolios equally in verse on the subject Ouml(iil~uca rhe manu~ script composedof yellow~()Ut1trymadepap~ris worn outand the corners arelttornmiddotoff Ina number ofp]aces